2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*******************************************************************
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This file is part of the Emulex Linux Device Driver for         *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-06-25 10:34:39 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapters.                                *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-31 17:05:45 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Copyright (C) 2004-2013 Emulex.  All rights reserved.           *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-06-25 10:34:39 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * EMULEX and SLI are trademarks of Emulex.                        *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * www.emulex.com                                                  *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-06-25 10:34:39 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Portions Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Christoph Hellwig              *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *                                                                 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or   *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-06-25 10:34:39 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General       *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.    *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful. *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND          *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,  *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE      *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * DISCLAIMED, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * TO BE LEGALLY INVALID.  See the GNU General Public License for  *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * more details, a copy of which can be found in the file COPYING  *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * included with this package.                                     *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *******************************************************************/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/blkdev.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/pci.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h
percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files.  percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.
percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed.  Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability.  As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.
  http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py
The script does the followings.
* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
  only the necessary includes are there.  ie. if only gfp is used,
  gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.
* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
  blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
  to its surrounding.  It's put in the include block which contains
  core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
  alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
  doesn't seem to be any matching order.
* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
  because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
  an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
  file.
The conversion was done in the following steps.
1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
   over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
   and ~3000 slab.h inclusions.  The script emitted errors for ~400
   files.
2. Each error was manually checked.  Some didn't need the inclusion,
   some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
   embedding .c file was more appropriate for others.  This step added
   inclusions to around 150 files.
3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
   from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.
4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
   e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
   APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.
5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
   editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
   files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell.  Most gfp.h
   inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
   wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros.  Each
   slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
   necessary.
6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.
7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
   were fixed.  CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
   distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
   more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
   build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).
   * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
   * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
   * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
   * ia64 SMP allmodconfig
   * s390 SMP allmodconfig
   * alpha SMP allmodconfig
   * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig
8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
   a separate patch and serve as bisection point.
Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
											
										 
										
											2010-03-24 17:04:11 +09:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/slab.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/interrupt.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-08-10 15:03:01 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <scsi/scsi_device.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <scsi/scsi_transport_fc.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-08-10 15:03:09 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <scsi/scsi.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:16:51 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <scsi/fc/fc_fs.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-08-10 15:03:09 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:51:39 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "lpfc_hw4.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "lpfc_hw.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "lpfc_sli.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:51:39 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "lpfc_sli4.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-09-07 11:52:10 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "lpfc_nl.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "lpfc_disc.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "lpfc_scsi.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "lpfc.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "lpfc_logmsg.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "lpfc_crtn.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "lpfc_compat.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:53:21 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_dump_static_vport - Dump HBA's static vport information.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @offset: offset for dumping vport info.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The dump mailbox command provides a method for the device driver to obtain
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * various types of information from the HBA device.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for dumping list of static
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * vports to be created.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:26 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:53:21 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_dump_static_vport(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *pmb,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										uint16_t offset)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:26 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_dmabuf *mp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:53:21 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Setup to dump vport info region */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof(LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_DUMP_MEMORY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.type = DMP_NV_PARAMS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.entry_index = offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.region_id = DMP_REGION_VPORT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:26 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* For SLI3 HBAs data is embedded in mailbox */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->sli_rev != LPFC_SLI_REV4) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varDmp.cv = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varDmp.word_cnt = DMP_RSP_SIZE/sizeof(uint32_t);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* For SLI4 HBAs driver need to allocate memory */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mp = kmalloc(sizeof(struct lpfc_dmabuf), GFP_KERNEL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (mp)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mp->virt = lpfc_mbuf_alloc(phba, 0, &mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!mp || !mp->virt) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										kfree(mp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_printf_log(phba, KERN_ERR, LOG_MBOX,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											"2605 lpfc_dump_static_vport: memory"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											" allocation failed\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mp->virt, 0, LPFC_BPL_SIZE);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									INIT_LIST_HEAD(&mp->list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* save address for completion */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-14 14:26:35 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pmb->context1 = (uint8_t *)mp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:26 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varWords[3] = putPaddrLow(mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varWords[4] = putPaddrHigh(mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.sli4_length = sizeof(struct static_vport_info);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:53:21 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:10 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_down_link - Bring down HBAs link.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:10 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares a mailbox command to bring down HBA link.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_down_link(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof(LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_DOWN_LINK;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_dump_mem - Prepare a mailbox command for reading a region.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @offset: offset into the region.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @region_id: config region id.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The dump mailbox command provides a method for the device driver to obtain
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * various types of information from the HBA device.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:10 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for dumping HBA's config region.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:10 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_dump_mem(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *pmb, uint16_t offset,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										uint16_t region_id)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									void *ctx;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ctx = pmb->context2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Setup to dump VPD region */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_DUMP_MEMORY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.cv = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.type = DMP_NV_PARAMS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.entry_index = offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:10 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.region_id = region_id;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.word_cnt = (DMP_RSP_SIZE / sizeof (uint32_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.co = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.resp_offset = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pmb->context2 = ctx;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 22:39:19 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_dump_wakeup_param - Prepare mailbox command for retrieving wakeup params
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 22:39:19 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 22:39:19 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This function create a dump memory mailbox command to dump wake up
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * parameters.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_dump_wakeup_param(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									void *ctx;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 22:39:19 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Save context so that we can restore after memset */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ctx = pmb->context2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Setup to dump VPD region */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof(LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_DUMP_MEMORY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.cv = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.type = DMP_NV_PARAMS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-07-15 18:33:04 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->sli_rev < LPFC_SLI_REV4)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varDmp.entry_index = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 22:39:19 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.region_id = WAKE_UP_PARMS_REGION_ID;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.word_cnt = WAKE_UP_PARMS_WORD_SIZE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.co = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.resp_offset = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pmb->context2 = ctx;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_read_nv - Prepare a mailbox command for reading HBA's NVRAM param
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The read NVRAM mailbox command returns the HBA's non-volatile parameters
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * that are used as defaults when the Fibre Channel link is brought on-line.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for reading information stored
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * in the HBA's NVRAM. Specifically, the HBA's WWNN and WWPN.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_read_nv(struct lpfc_hba * phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t * pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_READ_NV;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_config_async - Prepare a mailbox command for enabling HBA async event
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @ring: ring number for the asynchronous event to be configured.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The asynchronous event enable mailbox command is used to enable the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * asynchronous event posting via the ASYNC_STATUS_CN IOCB response and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * specifies the default ring to which events are posted.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for enabling HBA asynchronous
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * event support on a IOCB ring.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-10-27 13:37:05 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_config_async(struct lpfc_hba * phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t * pmb,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										uint32_t ring)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-10-27 13:37:05 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_ASYNCEVT_ENABLE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgAsyncEvent.ring = ring;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_heart_beat - Prepare a mailbox command for heart beat
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The heart beat mailbox command is used to detect an unresponsive HBA, which
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * is defined as any device where no error attention is sent and both mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * and rings are not processed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for issuing a heart beat in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * form of mailbox command to the HBA. The timely completion of the heart
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * beat mailbox command indicates the health of the HBA.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:39 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_heart_beat(struct lpfc_hba * phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t * pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:39 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_HEARTBEAT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-20 23:11:48 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_read_topology - Prepare a mailbox command for reading HBA topology
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mp: DMA buffer memory for reading the link attention information into.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-20 23:11:48 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The read topology mailbox command is issued to read the link topology
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * information indicated by the HBA port when the Link Event bit of the Host
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Attention (HSTATT) register is set to 1 (For SLI-3) or when an FC Link
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Attention ACQE is received from the port (For SLI-4). A Link Event
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Attention occurs based on an exception detected at the Fibre Channel link
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * interface.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-20 23:11:48 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for reading HBA link topology
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * information. A DMA memory has been set aside and address passed to the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * HBA through @mp for the HBA to DMA link attention information into the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * memory as part of the execution of the mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Return codes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *    0 - Success (currently always return 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-20 23:11:48 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_read_topology(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *pmb,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										   struct lpfc_dmabuf *mp)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_sli *psli;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									psli = &phba->sli;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									INIT_LIST_HEAD(&mp->list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-20 23:11:48 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_READ_TOPOLOGY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varReadTop.lilpBde64.tus.f.bdeSize = LPFC_ALPA_MAP_SIZE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varReadTop.lilpBde64.addrHigh = putPaddrHigh(mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varReadTop.lilpBde64.addrLow = putPaddrLow(mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Save address for later completion and set the owner to host so that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * the FW knows this mailbox is available for processing.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-20 23:11:48 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pmb->context1 = (uint8_t *)mp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return (0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_clear_la - Prepare a mailbox command for clearing HBA link attention
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The clear link attention mailbox command is issued to clear the link event
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * attention condition indicated by the Link Event bit of the Host Attention
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * (HSTATT) register. The link event attention condition is cleared only if
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * the event tag specified matches that of the current link event counter.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The current event tag is read using the read link attention event mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for clearing HBA link attention
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * information.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_clear_la(struct lpfc_hba * phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t * pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varClearLA.eventTag = phba->fc_eventTag;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_CLEAR_LA;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_config_link - Prepare a mailbox command for configuring link on a HBA
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The configure link mailbox command is used before the initialize link
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * mailbox command to override default value and to configure link-oriented
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * parameters such as DID address and various timers. Typically, this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * command would be used after an F_Port login to set the returned DID address
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * and the fabric timeout values. This command is not valid before a configure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * port command has configured the HBA port.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for configuring link on a HBA.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_config_link(struct lpfc_hba * phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t * pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:36 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_vport  *vport = phba->pport;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* NEW_FEATURE
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * SLI-2, Coalescing Response Feature.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-07-15 18:33:04 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->cfg_cr_delay && (phba->sli_rev < LPFC_SLI_REV4)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgLnk.cr = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgLnk.ci = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgLnk.cr_delay = phba->cfg_cr_delay;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgLnk.cr_count = phba->cfg_cr_count;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:36 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgLnk.myId = vport->fc_myDID;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgLnk.edtov = phba->fc_edtov;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgLnk.arbtov = phba->fc_arbtov;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgLnk.ratov = phba->fc_ratov;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgLnk.rttov = phba->fc_rttov;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgLnk.altov = phba->fc_altov;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgLnk.crtov = phba->fc_crtov;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgLnk.citov = phba->fc_citov;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-07-15 18:33:04 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->cfg_ack0 && (phba->sli_rev < LPFC_SLI_REV4))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgLnk.ack0_enable = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_CONFIG_LINK;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:50:30 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_config_msi - Prepare a mailbox command for configuring msi-x
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:50:30 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The configure MSI-X mailbox command is used to configure the HBA's SLI-3
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * MSI-X multi-message interrupt vector association to interrupt attention
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * conditions.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Return codes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *    0 - Success
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *    -EINVAL - Failure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_config_msi(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:50:30 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint32_t attentionConditions[2];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Sanity check */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->cfg_use_msi != 2) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_printf_log(phba, KERN_ERR, LOG_INIT,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"0475 Not configured for supporting MSI-X "
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"cfg_use_msi: 0x%x\n", phba->cfg_use_msi);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->sli_rev < 3) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_printf_log(phba, KERN_ERR, LOG_INIT,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"0476 HBA not supporting SLI-3 or later "
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"SLI Revision: 0x%x\n", phba->sli_rev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Clear mailbox command fields */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof(LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * SLI-3, Message Signaled Interrupt Fearure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Multi-message attention configuration */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									attentionConditions[0] = (HA_R0ATT | HA_R1ATT | HA_R2ATT | HA_ERATT |
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  HA_LATT | HA_MBATT);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									attentionConditions[1] = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgMSI.attentionConditions[0] = attentionConditions[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgMSI.attentionConditions[1] = attentionConditions[1];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Set up message number to HA bit association
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* RA0 (FCP Ring) */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgMSI.messageNumberByHA[HA_R0_POS] = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* RA1 (Other Protocol Extra Ring) */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgMSI.messageNumberByHA[HA_R1_POS] = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#else   /*  __LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* RA0 (FCP Ring) */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgMSI.messageNumberByHA[HA_R0_POS^3] = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* RA1 (Other Protocol Extra Ring) */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgMSI.messageNumberByHA[HA_R1_POS^3] = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Multi-message interrupt autoclear configuration*/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgMSI.autoClearHA[0] = attentionConditions[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgMSI.autoClearHA[1] = attentionConditions[1];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* For now, HBA autoclear does not work reliably, disable it */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgMSI.autoClearHA[0] = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgMSI.autoClearHA[1] = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Set command and owner bit */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_CONFIG_MSI;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_init_link - Prepare a mailbox command for initialize link on a HBA
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @topology: the link topology for the link to be initialized to.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @linkspeed: the link speed for the link to be initialized to.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The initialize link mailbox command is used to initialize the Fibre
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Channel link. This command must follow a configure port command that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * establishes the mode of operation.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for initializing link on a HBA
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * with the specified link topology and speed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_init_link(struct lpfc_hba * phba,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       LPFC_MBOXQ_t * pmb, uint32_t topology, uint32_t linkspeed)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									lpfc_vpd_t *vpd;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_sli *psli;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									psli = &phba->sli;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (topology) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case FLAGS_TOPOLOGY_MODE_LOOP_PT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags = FLAGS_TOPOLOGY_MODE_LOOP;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags |= FLAGS_TOPOLOGY_FAILOVER;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case FLAGS_TOPOLOGY_MODE_PT_PT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags = FLAGS_TOPOLOGY_MODE_PT_PT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case FLAGS_TOPOLOGY_MODE_LOOP:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags = FLAGS_TOPOLOGY_MODE_LOOP;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case FLAGS_TOPOLOGY_MODE_PT_LOOP:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags = FLAGS_TOPOLOGY_MODE_PT_PT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags |= FLAGS_TOPOLOGY_FAILOVER;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-02-28 19:25:32 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case FLAGS_LOCAL_LB:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags = FLAGS_LOCAL_LB;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-15 11:53:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Enable asynchronous ABTS responses from firmware */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags |= FLAGS_IMED_ABORT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* NEW_FEATURE
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Setting up the link speed
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									vpd = &phba->vpd;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (vpd->rev.feaLevelHigh >= 0x02){
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										switch(linkspeed){
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-20 23:11:48 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case LPFC_USER_LINK_SPEED_1G:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags |= FLAGS_LINK_SPEED;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varInitLnk.link_speed = LINK_SPEED_1G;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case LPFC_USER_LINK_SPEED_2G:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags |=	FLAGS_LINK_SPEED;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varInitLnk.link_speed = LINK_SPEED_2G;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case LPFC_USER_LINK_SPEED_4G:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags |=	FLAGS_LINK_SPEED;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varInitLnk.link_speed = LINK_SPEED_4G;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case LPFC_USER_LINK_SPEED_8G:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags |=	FLAGS_LINK_SPEED;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varInitLnk.link_speed = LINK_SPEED_8G;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case LPFC_USER_LINK_SPEED_10G:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags |=	FLAGS_LINK_SPEED;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varInitLnk.link_speed = LINK_SPEED_10G;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case LPFC_USER_LINK_SPEED_16G:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varInitLnk.link_flags |=	FLAGS_LINK_SPEED;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varInitLnk.link_speed = LINK_SPEED_16G;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-20 23:11:48 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case LPFC_USER_LINK_SPEED_AUTO:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varInitLnk.link_speed = LINK_SPEED_AUTO;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varInitLnk.link_speed = LINK_SPEED_AUTO;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = (volatile uint8_t)MBX_INIT_LINK;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varInitLnk.fabric_AL_PA = phba->fc_pref_ALPA;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_read_sparam - Prepare a mailbox command for reading HBA parameters
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @vpi: virtual N_Port identifier.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The read service parameter mailbox command is used to read the HBA port
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * service parameters. The service parameters are read into the buffer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * specified directly by a BDE in the mailbox command. These service
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * parameters may then be used to build the payload of an N_Port/F_POrt
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * login request and reply (LOGI/ACC).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for reading HBA port service
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * parameters. The DMA memory is allocated in this function and the addresses
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * are populated into the mailbox command for the HBA to DMA the service
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * parameters into.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Return codes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *    0 - Success
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *    1 - DMA memory allocation failed
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_read_sparam(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *pmb, int vpi)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_dmabuf *mp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_sli *psli;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									psli = &phba->sli;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Get a buffer to hold the HBAs Service Parameters */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-10-27 13:37:33 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mp = kmalloc(sizeof (struct lpfc_dmabuf), GFP_KERNEL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (mp)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mp->virt = lpfc_mbuf_alloc(phba, 0, &mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!mp || !mp->virt) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-11-07 01:01:26 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										kfree(mp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->mbxCommand = MBX_READ_SPARM64;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* READ_SPARAM: no buffers */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-08-02 11:10:09 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_printf_log(phba, KERN_WARNING, LOG_MBOX,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											        "0301 READ_SPARAM: no buffers\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return (1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									INIT_LIST_HEAD(&mp->list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_READ_SPARM64;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRdSparm.un.sp64.tus.f.bdeSize = sizeof (struct serv_parm);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRdSparm.un.sp64.addrHigh = putPaddrHigh(mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRdSparm.un.sp64.addrLow = putPaddrLow(mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->sli_rev >= LPFC_SLI_REV3)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varRdSparm.vpi = phba->vpi_ids[vpi];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* save address for completion */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pmb->context1 = mp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return (0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_unreg_did - Prepare a mailbox command for unregistering DID
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @vpi: virtual N_Port identifier.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @did: remote port identifier.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The unregister DID mailbox command is used to unregister an N_Port/F_Port
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * login for an unknown RPI by specifying the DID of a remote port. This
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * command frees an RPI context in the HBA port. This has the effect of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * performing an implicit N_Port/F_Port logout.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for unregistering a remote
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * N_Port/F_Port (DID) login.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_unreg_did(struct lpfc_hba * phba, uint16_t vpi, uint32_t did,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       LPFC_MBOXQ_t * pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varUnregDID.did = did;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varUnregDID.vpi = vpi;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if ((vpi != 0xffff) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    (phba->sli_rev == LPFC_SLI_REV4))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varUnregDID.vpi = phba->vpi_ids[vpi];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_UNREG_D_ID;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_read_config - Prepare a mailbox command for reading HBA configuration
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The read configuration mailbox command is used to read the HBA port
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * configuration parameters. This mailbox command provides a method for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * seeing any parameters that may have changed via various configuration
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * mailbox commands.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for reading out HBA configuration
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * parameters.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_read_config(struct lpfc_hba * phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t * pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_READ_CONFIG;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_read_lnk_stat - Prepare a mailbox command for reading HBA link stats
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The read link status mailbox command is used to read the link status from
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * the HBA. Link status includes all link-related error counters. These
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * counters are maintained by the HBA and originated in the link hardware
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * unit. Note that all of these counters wrap.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for reading out HBA link status.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-02-28 19:25:15 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_read_lnk_stat(struct lpfc_hba * phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t * pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-02-28 19:25:15 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_READ_LNK_STAT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_reg_rpi - Prepare a mailbox command for registering remote login
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @vpi: virtual N_Port identifier.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @did: remote port identifier.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @param: pointer to memory holding the server parameters.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-15 17:58:10 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @rpi: the rpi to use in the registration (usually only used for SLI4.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The registration login mailbox command is used to register an N_Port or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * F_Port login. This registration allows the HBA to cache the remote N_Port
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * service parameters internally and thereby make the appropriate FC-2
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * decisions. The remote port service parameters are handed off by the driver
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * to the HBA using a descriptor entry that directly identifies a buffer in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * host memory. In exchange, the HBA returns an RPI identifier.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for registering remote port login.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The function allocates DMA buffer for passing the service parameters to the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * HBA with the mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Return codes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *    0 - Success
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *    1 - DMA memory allocation failed
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_reg_rpi(struct lpfc_hba *phba, uint16_t vpi, uint32_t did,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-15 17:58:10 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									     uint8_t *param, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *pmb, uint16_t rpi)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t *sparam;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_dmabuf *mp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRegLogin.rpi = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->sli_rev == LPFC_SLI_REV4)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varRegLogin.rpi = phba->sli4_hba.rpi_ids[rpi];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->sli_rev >= LPFC_SLI_REV3)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varRegLogin.vpi = phba->vpi_ids[vpi];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRegLogin.did = did;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Get a buffer to hold NPorts Service Parameters */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-10-27 13:37:33 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mp = kmalloc(sizeof (struct lpfc_dmabuf), GFP_KERNEL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (mp)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mp->virt = lpfc_mbuf_alloc(phba, 0, &mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!mp || !mp->virt) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-11-07 01:01:26 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										kfree(mp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->mbxCommand = MBX_REG_LOGIN64;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* REG_LOGIN: no buffers */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_printf_log(phba, KERN_WARNING, LOG_MBOX,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-08-02 11:10:09 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"0302 REG_LOGIN: no buffers, VPI:%d DID:x%x, "
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-15 17:58:10 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"rpi x%x\n", vpi, did, rpi);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									INIT_LIST_HEAD(&mp->list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sparam = mp->virt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Copy param's into a new buffer */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memcpy(sparam, param, sizeof (struct serv_parm));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* save address for completion */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pmb->context1 = (uint8_t *) mp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_REG_LOGIN64;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRegLogin.un.sp64.tus.f.bdeSize = sizeof (struct serv_parm);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRegLogin.un.sp64.addrHigh = putPaddrHigh(mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRegLogin.un.sp64.addrLow = putPaddrLow(mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_unreg_login - Prepare a mailbox command for unregistering remote login
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @vpi: virtual N_Port identifier.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @rpi: remote port identifier
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The unregistration login mailbox command is used to unregister an N_Port
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * or F_Port login. This command frees an RPI context in the HBA. It has the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * effect of performing an implicit N_Port/F_Port logout.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for unregistering remote port
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * login.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * For SLI4 ports, the rpi passed to this function must be the physical
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * rpi value, not the logical index.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_unreg_login(struct lpfc_hba *phba, uint16_t vpi, uint32_t rpi,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 LPFC_MBOXQ_t * pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varUnregLogin.rpi = rpi;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varUnregLogin.rsvd1 = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->sli_rev >= LPFC_SLI_REV3)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varUnregLogin.vpi = phba->vpi_ids[vpi];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_UNREG_LOGIN;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-10-22 11:06:38 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_sli4_unreg_all_rpis - unregister all RPIs for a vport on SLI4 HBA.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @vport: pointer to a vport object.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine sends mailbox command to unregister all active RPIs for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * a vport.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_sli4_unreg_all_rpis(struct lpfc_vport *vport)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_hba  *phba  = vport->phba;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									LPFC_MBOXQ_t     *mbox;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int rc;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mbox = mempool_alloc(phba->mbox_mem_pool, GFP_KERNEL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (mbox) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * For SLI4 functions, the rpi field is overloaded for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * the vport context unreg all.  This routine passes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * 0 for the rpi field in lpfc_unreg_login for compatibility
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * with SLI3 and then overrides the rpi field with the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * expected value for SLI4.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_unreg_login(phba, vport->vpi, phba->vpi_ids[vport->vpi],
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												 mbox);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mbox->u.mb.un.varUnregLogin.rsvd1 = 0x4000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-10-22 11:06:38 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mbox->vport = vport;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mbox->mbox_cmpl = lpfc_sli_def_mbox_cmpl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mbox->context1 = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										rc = lpfc_sli_issue_mbox(phba, mbox, MBX_NOWAIT);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (rc == MBX_NOT_FINISHED)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mempool_free(mbox, phba->mbox_mem_pool);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_reg_vpi - Prepare a mailbox command for registering vport identifier
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @vpi: virtual N_Port identifier.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @sid: Fibre Channel S_ID (N_Port_ID assigned to a virtual N_Port).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The registration vport identifier mailbox command is used to activate a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * virtual N_Port after it has acquired an N_Port_ID. The HBA validates the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * N_Port_ID against the information in the selected virtual N_Port context
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * block and marks it active to allow normal processing of IOCB commands and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * received unsolicited exchanges.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for registering a virtual N_Port.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_reg_vpi(struct lpfc_vport *vport, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-04 16:11:39 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_hba *phba = vport->phba;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-04 16:11:39 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Set the re-reg VPI bit for f/w to update the MAC address.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if ((phba->sli_rev == LPFC_SLI_REV4) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										!(vport->fc_flag & FC_VPORT_NEEDS_REG_VPI))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varRegVpi.upd = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRegVpi.vpi = phba->vpi_ids[vport->vpi];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRegVpi.sid = vport->fc_myDID;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->sli_rev == LPFC_SLI_REV4)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varRegVpi.vfi = phba->sli4_hba.vfi_ids[vport->vfi];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varRegVpi.vfi = vport->vfi + vport->phba->vfi_base;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-18 15:39:16 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memcpy(mb->un.varRegVpi.wwn, &vport->fc_portname,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       sizeof(struct lpfc_name));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRegVpi.wwn[0] = cpu_to_le32(mb->un.varRegVpi.wwn[0]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRegVpi.wwn[1] = cpu_to_le32(mb->un.varRegVpi.wwn[1]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_REG_VPI;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_unreg_vpi - Prepare a mailbox command for unregistering vport id
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @vpi: virtual N_Port identifier.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The unregistration vport identifier mailbox command is used to inactivate
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * a virtual N_Port. The driver must have logged out and unregistered all
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * remote N_Ports to abort any activity on the virtual N_Port. The HBA will
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * unregisters any default RPIs associated with the specified vpi, aborting
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * any active exchanges. The HBA will post the mailbox response after making
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * the virtual N_Port inactive.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for unregistering a virtual
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * N_Port.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_unreg_vpi(struct lpfc_hba *phba, uint16_t vpi, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->sli_rev == LPFC_SLI_REV3)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varUnregVpi.vpi = phba->vpi_ids[vpi];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (phba->sli_rev >= LPFC_SLI_REV4)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varUnregVpi.sli4_vpi = phba->vpi_ids[vpi];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_UNREG_VPI;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_config_pcb_setup - Set up IOCB rings in the Port Control Block (PCB)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine sets up and initializes the IOCB rings in the Port Control
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Block (PCB).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_config_pcb_setup(struct lpfc_hba * phba)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_sli *psli = &phba->sli;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_sli_ring *pring;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:55 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									PCB_t *pcbp = phba->pcb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									dma_addr_t pdma_addr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint32_t offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:36 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint32_t iocbCnt = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pcbp->maxRing = (psli->num_rings - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i < psli->num_rings; i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pring = &psli->ring[i];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:36 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:35:34 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pring->sli.sli3.sizeCiocb =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											phba->sli_rev == 3 ? SLI3_IOCB_CMD_SIZE :
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
															SLI2_IOCB_CMD_SIZE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:35:34 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pring->sli.sli3.sizeRiocb =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											phba->sli_rev == 3 ? SLI3_IOCB_RSP_SIZE :
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
															SLI2_IOCB_RSP_SIZE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* A ring MUST have both cmd and rsp entries defined to be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										   valid */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:35:34 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if ((pring->sli.sli3.numCiocb == 0) ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											(pring->sli.sli3.numRiocb == 0)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											pcbp->rdsc[i].cmdEntries = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											pcbp->rdsc[i].rspEntries = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											pcbp->rdsc[i].cmdAddrHigh = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											pcbp->rdsc[i].rspAddrHigh = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											pcbp->rdsc[i].cmdAddrLow = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											pcbp->rdsc[i].rspAddrLow = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:35:34 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											pring->sli.sli3.cmdringaddr = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											pring->sli.sli3.rspringaddr = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Command ring setup for ring */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:35:34 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pring->sli.sli3.cmdringaddr = (void *)&phba->IOCBs[iocbCnt];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pcbp->rdsc[i].cmdEntries = pring->sli.sli3.numCiocb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:55 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										offset = (uint8_t *) &phba->IOCBs[iocbCnt] -
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 (uint8_t *) phba->slim2p.virt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pdma_addr = phba->slim2p.phys + offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pcbp->rdsc[i].cmdAddrHigh = putPaddrHigh(pdma_addr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pcbp->rdsc[i].cmdAddrLow = putPaddrLow(pdma_addr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:35:34 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										iocbCnt += pring->sli.sli3.numCiocb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Response ring setup for ring */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:35:34 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pring->sli.sli3.rspringaddr = (void *) &phba->IOCBs[iocbCnt];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:35:34 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pcbp->rdsc[i].rspEntries = pring->sli.sli3.numRiocb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:55 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										offset = (uint8_t *)&phba->IOCBs[iocbCnt] -
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 (uint8_t *)phba->slim2p.virt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pdma_addr = phba->slim2p.phys + offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pcbp->rdsc[i].rspAddrHigh = putPaddrHigh(pdma_addr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pcbp->rdsc[i].rspAddrLow = putPaddrLow(pdma_addr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:35:34 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										iocbCnt += pring->sli.sli3.numRiocb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_read_rev - Prepare a mailbox command for reading HBA revision
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The read revision mailbox command is used to read the revision levels of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * the HBA components. These components include hardware units, resident
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * firmware, and available firmware. HBAs that supports SLI-3 mode of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * operation provide different response information depending on the version
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * requested by the driver.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for reading HBA revision
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * information.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_read_rev(struct lpfc_hba * phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t * pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRdRev.cv = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varRdRev.v3req = 1; /* Request SLI3 info */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_READ_REV;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-08 18:31:54 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_sli4_swap_str(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mqe *mqe;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (mb->mbxCommand) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case  MBX_READ_REV:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 mqe = &pmb->u.mqe;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_sli_pcimem_bcopy(mqe->un.read_rev.fw_name,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												 mqe->un.read_rev.fw_name, 16);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_sli_pcimem_bcopy(mqe->un.read_rev.ulp_fw_name,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												 mqe->un.read_rev.ulp_fw_name, 16);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_build_hbq_profile2 - Set up the HBQ Selection Profile 2
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @hbqmb: pointer to the HBQ configuration data structure in mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @hbq_desc: pointer to the HBQ selection profile descriptor.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The Host Buffer Queue (HBQ) Selection Profile 2 specifies that the HBA
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * tests the incoming frames' R_CTL/TYPE fields with works 10:15 and performs
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * the Sequence Length Test using the fields in the Selection Profile 2
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * extension in words 20:31.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_build_hbq_profile2(struct config_hbq_var *hbqmb,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											struct lpfc_hbq_init  *hbq_desc)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->profiles.profile2.seqlenbcnt = hbq_desc->seqlenbcnt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->profiles.profile2.maxlen     = hbq_desc->maxlen;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->profiles.profile2.seqlenoff  = hbq_desc->seqlenoff;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_build_hbq_profile3 - Set up the HBQ Selection Profile 3
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @hbqmb: pointer to the HBQ configuration data structure in mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @hbq_desc: pointer to the HBQ selection profile descriptor.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The Host Buffer Queue (HBQ) Selection Profile 3 specifies that the HBA
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * tests the incoming frame's R_CTL/TYPE fields with words 10:15 and performs
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * the Sequence Length Test and Byte Field Test using the fields in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Selection Profile 3 extension in words 20:31.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_build_hbq_profile3(struct config_hbq_var *hbqmb,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											struct lpfc_hbq_init  *hbq_desc)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->profiles.profile3.seqlenbcnt = hbq_desc->seqlenbcnt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->profiles.profile3.maxlen     = hbq_desc->maxlen;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->profiles.profile3.cmdcodeoff = hbq_desc->cmdcodeoff;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->profiles.profile3.seqlenoff  = hbq_desc->seqlenoff;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memcpy(&hbqmb->profiles.profile3.cmdmatch, hbq_desc->cmdmatch,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       sizeof(hbqmb->profiles.profile3.cmdmatch));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_build_hbq_profile5 - Set up the HBQ Selection Profile 5
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @hbqmb: pointer to the HBQ configuration data structure in mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @hbq_desc: pointer to the HBQ selection profile descriptor.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The Host Buffer Queue (HBQ) Selection Profile 5 specifies a header HBQ. The
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * HBA tests the initial frame of an incoming sequence using the frame's
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * R_CTL/TYPE fields with words 10:15 and performs the Sequence Length Test
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * and Byte Field Test using the fields in the Selection Profile 5 extension
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * words 20:31.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_build_hbq_profile5(struct config_hbq_var *hbqmb,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											struct lpfc_hbq_init  *hbq_desc)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->profiles.profile5.seqlenbcnt = hbq_desc->seqlenbcnt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->profiles.profile5.maxlen     = hbq_desc->maxlen;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->profiles.profile5.cmdcodeoff = hbq_desc->cmdcodeoff;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->profiles.profile5.seqlenoff  = hbq_desc->seqlenoff;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memcpy(&hbqmb->profiles.profile5.cmdmatch, hbq_desc->cmdmatch,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       sizeof(hbqmb->profiles.profile5.cmdmatch));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_config_hbq - Prepare a mailbox command for configuring an HBQ
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @id: HBQ identifier.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @hbq_desc: pointer to the HBA descriptor data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @hbq_entry_index: index of the HBQ entry data structures.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The configure HBQ (Host Buffer Queue) mailbox command is used to configure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * an HBQ. The configuration binds events that require buffers to a particular
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * ring and HBQ based on a selection profile.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for configuring an HBQ.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-08-02 11:10:31 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_config_hbq(struct lpfc_hba *phba, uint32_t id,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 struct lpfc_hbq_init *hbq_desc,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										uint32_t hbq_entry_index, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct config_hbq_var *hbqmb = &mb->un.varCfgHbq;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-08-02 11:10:31 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->hbqId = id;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->entry_count = hbq_desc->entry_count;   /* # entries in HBQ */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->recvNotify = hbq_desc->rn;             /* Receive
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														       * Notification */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->numMask    = hbq_desc->mask_count;     /* # R_CTL/TYPE masks
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														       * # in words 0-19 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->profile    = hbq_desc->profile;	      /* Selection profile:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														       * 0 = all,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														       * 7 = logentry */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->ringMask   = hbq_desc->ring_mask;      /* Binds HBQ to a ring
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														       * e.g. Ring0=b0001,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														       * ring2=b0100 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->headerLen  = hbq_desc->headerLen;      /* 0 if not profile 4
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														       * or 5 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->logEntry   = hbq_desc->logEntry;       /* Set to 1 if this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														       * HBQ will be used
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														       * for LogEntry
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														       * buffers */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->hbqaddrLow = putPaddrLow(phba->hbqslimp.phys) +
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hbq_entry_index * sizeof(struct lpfc_hbq_entry);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hbqmb->hbqaddrHigh = putPaddrHigh(phba->hbqslimp.phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_CONFIG_HBQ;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												/* Copy info for profiles 2,3,5. Other
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												 * profiles this area is reserved
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (hbq_desc->profile == 2)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_build_hbq_profile2(hbqmb, hbq_desc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (hbq_desc->profile == 3)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_build_hbq_profile3(hbqmb, hbq_desc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (hbq_desc->profile == 5)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_build_hbq_profile5(hbqmb, hbq_desc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Return if no rctl / type masks for this HBQ */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!hbq_desc->mask_count)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Otherwise we setup specific rctl / type masks for this HBQ */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i < hbq_desc->mask_count; i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hbqmb->hbqMasks[i].tmatch = hbq_desc->hbqMasks[i].tmatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hbqmb->hbqMasks[i].tmask  = hbq_desc->hbqMasks[i].tmask;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hbqmb->hbqMasks[i].rctlmatch = hbq_desc->hbqMasks[i].rctlmatch;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hbqmb->hbqMasks[i].rctlmask  = hbq_desc->hbqMasks[i].rctlmask;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_config_ring - Prepare a mailbox command for configuring an IOCB ring
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @ring:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The configure ring mailbox command is used to configure an IOCB ring. This
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * configuration binds from one to six of HBA RC_CTL/TYPE mask entries to the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * ring. This is used to map incoming sequences to a particular ring whose
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * RC_CTL/TYPE mask entry matches that of the sequence. The driver should not
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * attempt to configure a ring whose number is greater than the number
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * specified in the Port Control Block (PCB). It is an error to issue the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * configure ring command more than once with the same ring number. The HBA
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * returns an error if the driver attempts this.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for configuring IOCB ring.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_config_ring(struct lpfc_hba * phba, int ring, LPFC_MBOXQ_t * pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_sli *psli;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_sli_ring *pring;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof (LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgRing.ring = ring;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgRing.maxOrigXchg = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgRing.maxRespXchg = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgRing.recvNotify = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									psli = &phba->sli;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pring = &psli->ring[ring];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgRing.numMask = pring->num_mask;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_CONFIG_RING;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Is this ring configured for a specific profile */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (pring->prt[0].profile) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgRing.profile = pring->prt[0].profile;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Otherwise we setup specific rctl / type masks for this ring */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i < pring->num_mask; i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgRing.rrRegs[i].rval = pring->prt[i].rctl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:16:51 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (mb->un.varCfgRing.rrRegs[i].rval != FC_RCTL_ELS_REQ)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varCfgRing.rrRegs[i].rmask = 0xff;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varCfgRing.rrRegs[i].rmask = 0xfe;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgRing.rrRegs[i].tval = pring->prt[i].type;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgRing.rrRegs[i].tmask = 0xff;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_config_port - Prepare a mailbox command for configuring port
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The configure port mailbox command is used to identify the Port Control
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Block (PCB) in the driver memory. After this command is issued, the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * driver must not access the mailbox in the HBA without first resetting
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * the HBA. The HBA may copy the PCB information to internal storage for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * subsequent use; the driver can not change the PCB information unless it
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * resets the HBA.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for configuring port.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_config_port(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t __iomem *mb_slim = (MAILBOX_t __iomem *) phba->MBslimaddr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									dma_addr_t pdma_addr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint32_t bar_low, bar_high;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									size_t offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-06-25 10:34:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_hgp hgp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-10-28 20:29:28 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint32_t pgp_offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof(LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_CONFIG_PORT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgPort.pcbLen = sizeof(PCB_t);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:55 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									offset = (uint8_t *)phba->pcb - (uint8_t *)phba->slim2p.virt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pdma_addr = phba->slim2p.phys + offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgPort.pcbLow = putPaddrLow(pdma_addr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgPort.pcbHigh = putPaddrHigh(pdma_addr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 22:39:19 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Always Host Group Pointer is in SLIM */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgPort.hps = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* If HBA supports SLI=3 ask for it */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->sli_rev == LPFC_SLI_REV3 && phba->vpd.sli3Feat.cerbm) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 22:40:02 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (phba->cfg_enable_bg)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varCfgPort.cbg = 1; /* configure BlockGuard */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-02-16 12:39:57 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (phba->cfg_enable_dss)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varCfgPort.cdss = 1; /* Configure Security */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgPort.cerbm = 1; /* Request HBQs */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:55 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgPort.ccrp = 1; /* Command Ring Polling */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-08-02 11:10:31 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgPort.max_hbq = lpfc_sli_hbq_count();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-08-02 11:10:21 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (phba->max_vpi && phba->cfg_enable_npiv &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    phba->vpd.sli3Feat.cmv) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varCfgPort.max_vpi = LPFC_MAX_VPI;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varCfgPort.cmv = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mb->un.varCfgPort.max_vpi = phba->max_vpi = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										phba->sli_rev = LPFC_SLI_REV2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varCfgPort.sli_mode = phba->sli_rev;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-13 13:21:57 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* If this is an SLI3 port, configure async status notification. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->sli_rev == LPFC_SLI_REV3)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgPort.casabt = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Now setup pcb */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:55 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									phba->pcb->type = TYPE_NATIVE_SLI2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									phba->pcb->feature = FEATURE_INITIAL_SLI2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Setup Mailbox pointers */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-15 11:25:20 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									phba->pcb->mailBoxSize = sizeof(MAILBOX_t) + MAILBOX_EXT_SIZE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:55 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									offset = (uint8_t *)phba->mbox - (uint8_t *)phba->slim2p.virt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pdma_addr = phba->slim2p.phys + offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									phba->pcb->mbAddrHigh = putPaddrHigh(pdma_addr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									phba->pcb->mbAddrLow = putPaddrLow(pdma_addr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Setup Host Group ring pointer.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * For efficiency reasons, the ring get/put pointers can be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * placed in adapter memory (SLIM) rather than in host memory.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * This allows firmware to avoid PCI reads/writes when updating
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * and checking pointers.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The firmware recognizes the use of SLIM memory by comparing
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * the address of the get/put pointers structure with that of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * the SLIM BAR (BAR0).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Caution: be sure to use the PCI config space value of BAR0/BAR1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * (the hardware's view of the base address), not the OS's
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * value of pci_resource_start() as the OS value may be a cookie
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * for ioremap/iomap.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pci_read_config_dword(phba->pcidev, PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_0, &bar_low);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pci_read_config_dword(phba->pcidev, PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_1, &bar_high);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Set up HGP - Port Memory
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The port expects the host get/put pointers to reside in memory
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * following the "non-diagnostic" mode mailbox (32 words, 0x80 bytes)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * area of SLIM.  In SLI-2 mode, there's an additional 16 reserved
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * words (0x40 bytes).  This area is not reserved if HBQs are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * configured in SLI-3.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * CR0Put    - SLI2(no HBQs) = 0xc0, With HBQs = 0x80
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * RR0Get                      0xc4              0x84
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * CR1Put                      0xc8              0x88
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * RR1Get                      0xcc              0x8c
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * CR2Put                      0xd0              0x90
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * RR2Get                      0xd4              0x94
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * CR3Put                      0xd8              0x98
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * RR3Get                      0xdc              0x9c
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Reserved                    0xa0-0xbf
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *    If HBQs configured:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *                         HBQ 0 Put ptr  0xc0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *                         HBQ 1 Put ptr  0xc4
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *                         HBQ 2 Put ptr  0xc8
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *                         ......
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *                         HBQ(M-1)Put Pointer 0xc0+(M-1)*4
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-15 11:25:20 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->cfg_hostmem_hgp && phba->sli_rev != 3) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										phba->host_gp = &phba->mbox->us.s2.host[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										phba->hbq_put = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-15 11:25:20 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										offset = (uint8_t *)&phba->mbox->us.s2.host -
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											(uint8_t *)phba->slim2p.virt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pdma_addr = phba->slim2p.phys + offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										phba->pcb->hgpAddrHigh = putPaddrHigh(pdma_addr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										phba->pcb->hgpAddrLow = putPaddrLow(pdma_addr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Always Host Group Pointer is in SLIM */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mb->un.varCfgPort.hps = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (phba->sli_rev == 3) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											phba->host_gp = &mb_slim->us.s3.host[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											phba->hbq_put = &mb_slim->us.s3.hbq_put[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											phba->host_gp = &mb_slim->us.s2.host[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											phba->hbq_put = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-15 11:25:20 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* mask off BAR0's flag bits 0 - 3 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										phba->pcb->hgpAddrLow = (bar_low & PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_MASK) +
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											(void __iomem *)phba->host_gp -
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											(void __iomem *)phba->MBslimaddr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (bar_low & PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_64)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											phba->pcb->hgpAddrHigh = bar_high;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											phba->pcb->hgpAddrHigh = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* write HGP data to SLIM at the required longword offset */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										memset(&hgp, 0, sizeof(struct lpfc_hgp));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-10-28 20:29:28 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-15 11:25:20 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										for (i = 0; i < phba->sli.num_rings; i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											lpfc_memcpy_to_slim(phba->host_gp + i, &hgp,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:37 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												    sizeof(*phba->host_gp));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-15 11:25:20 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-10-28 20:29:28 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 22:39:23 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Setup Port Group offset */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->sli_rev == 3)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:55 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pgp_offset = offsetof(struct lpfc_sli2_slim,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												      mbx.us.s3_pgp.port);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 22:39:23 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:55 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pgp_offset = offsetof(struct lpfc_sli2_slim, mbx.us.s2.port);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pdma_addr = phba->slim2p.phys + pgp_offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									phba->pcb->pgpAddrHigh = putPaddrHigh(pdma_addr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									phba->pcb->pgpAddrLow = putPaddrLow(pdma_addr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Use callback routine to setp rings in the pcb */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									lpfc_config_pcb_setup(phba);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* special handling for LC HBAs */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (lpfc_is_LC_HBA(phba->pcidev->device)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										uint32_t hbainit[5];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_hba_init(phba, hbainit);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										memcpy(&mb->un.varCfgPort.hbainit, hbainit, 20);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Swap PCB if needed */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:55 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									lpfc_sli_pcimem_bcopy(phba->pcb, phba->pcb, sizeof(PCB_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_kill_board - Prepare a mailbox command for killing board
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @pmb: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The kill board mailbox command is used to tell firmware to perform a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * graceful shutdown of a channel on a specified board to prepare for reset.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * When the kill board mailbox command is received, the ER3 bit is set to 1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * in the Host Status register and the ER Attention bit is set to 1 in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Host Attention register of the HBA function that received the kill board
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine prepares the mailbox command for killing the board in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * preparation for a graceful shutdown.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-02-28 19:25:27 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_kill_board(struct lpfc_hba * phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t * pmb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb = &pmb->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-02-28 19:25:27 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(pmb, 0, sizeof(LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_KILL_BOARD;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxOwner = OWN_HOST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_mbox_put - Put a mailbox cmd into the tail of driver's mailbox queue
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbq: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Driver maintains a internal mailbox command queue implemented as a linked
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * list. When a mailbox command is issued, it shall be put into the mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * command queue such that they shall be processed orderly as HBA can process
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * one mailbox command at a time.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_mbox_put(struct lpfc_hba * phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t * mbq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_sli *psli;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									psli = &phba->sli;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list_add_tail(&mbq->list, &psli->mboxq);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									psli->mboxq_cnt++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_mbox_get - Remove a mailbox cmd from the head of driver's mailbox queue
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Driver maintains a internal mailbox command queue implemented as a linked
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * list. When a mailbox command is issued, it shall be put into the mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * command queue such that they shall be processed orderly as HBA can process
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * one mailbox command at a time. After HBA finished processing a mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * command, the driver will remove a pending mailbox command from the head of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * the mailbox command queue and send to the HBA for processing.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Return codes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *    pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								LPFC_MBOXQ_t *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_mbox_get(struct lpfc_hba * phba)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									LPFC_MBOXQ_t *mbq = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_sli *psli = &phba->sli;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:36 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list_remove_head((&psli->mboxq), mbq, LPFC_MBOXQ_t, list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (mbq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-17 16:05:31 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										psli->mboxq_cnt--;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return mbq;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-08-01 07:33:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * __lpfc_mbox_cmpl_put - Put mailbox cmd into mailbox cmd complete list
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbq: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine put the completed mailbox command into the mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * complete list. This is the unlocked version of the routine. The mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * complete list is used by the driver worker thread to process mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * complete callback functions outside the driver interrupt handler.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								__lpfc_mbox_cmpl_put(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *mbq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list_add_tail(&mbq->list, &phba->sli.mboxq_cmpl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_mbox_cmpl_put - Put mailbox command into mailbox command complete list
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbq: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine put the completed mailbox command into the mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * complete list. This is the locked version of the routine. The mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * complete list is used by the driver worker thread to process mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * complete callback functions outside the driver interrupt handler.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_mbox_cmpl_put(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *mbq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 22:39:35 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									unsigned long iflag;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-02-03 17:28:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* This function expects to be called from interrupt context */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 22:39:35 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock_irqsave(&phba->hbalock, iflag);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									__lpfc_mbox_cmpl_put(phba, mbq);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 22:39:35 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock_irqrestore(&phba->hbalock, iflag);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-06-17 19:56:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_mbox_cmd_check - Check the validality of a mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mboxq: pointer to the driver internal queue element for mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine is to check whether a mailbox command is valid to be issued.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This check will be performed by both the mailbox issue API when a client
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * is to issue a mailbox command to the mailbox transport.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Return 0 - pass the check, -ENODEV - fail the check
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_mbox_cmd_check(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *mboxq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Mailbox command that have a completion handler must also have a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * vport specified.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (mboxq->mbox_cmpl && mboxq->mbox_cmpl != lpfc_sli_def_mbox_cmpl &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    mboxq->mbox_cmpl != lpfc_sli_wake_mbox_wait) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!mboxq->vport) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											lpfc_printf_log(phba, KERN_ERR, LOG_MBOX | LOG_VPORT,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													"1814 Mbox x%x failed, no vport\n",
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													mboxq->u.mb.mbxCommand);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											dump_stack();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return -ENODEV;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_mbox_dev_check - Check the device state for issuing a mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine is to check whether the HBA device is ready for posting a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * mailbox command. It is used by the mailbox transport API at the time the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * to post a mailbox command to the device.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Return 0 - pass the check, -ENODEV - fail the check
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_mbox_dev_check(struct lpfc_hba *phba)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* If the PCI channel is in offline state, do not issue mbox */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (unlikely(pci_channel_offline(phba->pcidev)))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENODEV;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* If the HBA is in error state, do not issue mbox */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->link_state == LPFC_HBA_ERROR)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENODEV;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 18:47:14 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_mbox_tmo_val - Retrieve mailbox command timeout value
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-08-24 21:49:00 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @cmd: mailbox command code.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine retrieves the proper timeout value according to the mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * command code.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Return codes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *    Timeout value to be used for the given mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-08-01 07:33:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-10 21:32:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_mbox_tmo_val(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *mboxq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-08-01 07:33:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-10 21:32:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mbox = &mboxq->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t subsys, opcode;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (mbox->mbxCommand) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-08-01 07:33:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case MBX_WRITE_NV:	/* 0x03 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:37:08 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case MBX_DUMP_MEMORY:	/* 0x17 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-08-01 07:33:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case MBX_UPDATE_CFG:	/* 0x1B */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case MBX_DOWN_LOAD:	/* 0x1C */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case MBX_DEL_LD_ENTRY:	/* 0x1D */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:37:08 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case MBX_WRITE_VPARMS:	/* 0x32 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-08-01 07:33:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case MBX_LOAD_AREA:	/* 0x81 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-01-11 01:52:54 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case MBX_WRITE_WWN:     /* 0x98 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-08-01 07:33:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case MBX_LOAD_EXP_ROM:	/* 0x9C */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:37:08 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case MBX_ACCESS_VDATA:	/* 0xA5 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-08-01 07:33:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return LPFC_MBOX_TMO_FLASH_CMD;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case MBX_SLI4_CONFIG:	/* 0x9b */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-10 21:32:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										subsys = lpfc_sli_config_mbox_subsys_get(phba, mboxq);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										opcode = lpfc_sli_config_mbox_opcode_get(phba, mboxq);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (subsys == LPFC_MBOX_SUBSYSTEM_COMMON) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											switch (opcode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_READ_OBJECT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_WRITE_OBJECT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_READ_OBJECT_LIST:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_DELETE_OBJECT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_GET_PROFILE_LIST:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_SET_ACT_PROFILE:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:37:08 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_GET_PROFILE_CONFIG:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-10 21:32:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_SET_PROFILE_CONFIG:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_GET_FACTORY_PROFILE_CONFIG:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-08-03 12:37:08 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_GET_PROFILE_CAPACITIES:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_SEND_ACTIVATION:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_RESET_LICENSES:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_SET_BOOT_CONFIG:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_GET_VPD_DATA:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_SET_PHYSICAL_LINK_CONFIG:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-10 21:32:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												return LPFC_MBOX_SLI4_CONFIG_EXTENDED_TMO;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (subsys == LPFC_MBOX_SUBSYSTEM_FCOE) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											switch (opcode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_FCOE_SET_FCLINK_SETTINGS:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												return LPFC_MBOX_SLI4_CONFIG_EXTENDED_TMO;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return LPFC_MBOX_SLI4_CONFIG_TMO;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-08-01 07:33:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return LPFC_MBOX_TMO;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_sli4_mbx_sge_set - Set a sge entry in non-embedded mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @sgentry: sge entry index.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phyaddr: physical address for the sge
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @length: Length of the sge.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine sets up an entry in the non-embedded mailbox command at the sge
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * index location.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_sli4_mbx_sge_set(struct lpfcMboxq *mbox, uint32_t sgentry,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										      dma_addr_t phyaddr, uint32_t length)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_nembed_cmd *nembed_sge;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									nembed_sge = (struct lpfc_mbx_nembed_cmd *)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												&mbox->u.mqe.un.nembed_cmd;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									nembed_sge->sge[sgentry].pa_lo = putPaddrLow(phyaddr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									nembed_sge->sge[sgentry].pa_hi = putPaddrHigh(phyaddr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									nembed_sge->sge[sgentry].length = length;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_sli4_mbx_sge_get - Get a sge entry from non-embedded mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @sgentry: sge entry index.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine gets an entry from the non-embedded mailbox command at the sge
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * index location.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_sli4_mbx_sge_get(struct lpfcMboxq *mbox, uint32_t sgentry,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										      struct lpfc_mbx_sge *sge)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_nembed_cmd *nembed_sge;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									nembed_sge = (struct lpfc_mbx_nembed_cmd *)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												&mbox->u.mqe.un.nembed_cmd;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sge->pa_lo = nembed_sge->sge[sgentry].pa_lo;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sge->pa_hi = nembed_sge->sge[sgentry].pa_hi;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sge->length = nembed_sge->sge[sgentry].length;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_sli4_mbox_cmd_free - Free a sli4 mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine frees SLI4 specific mailbox command for sending IOCTL command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_sli4_mbox_cmd_free(struct lpfc_hba *phba, struct lpfcMboxq *mbox)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_sli4_config *sli4_cfg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_sge sge;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									dma_addr_t phyaddr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint32_t sgecount, sgentry;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sli4_cfg = &mbox->u.mqe.un.sli4_config;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* For embedded mbox command, just free the mbox command */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bf_get(lpfc_mbox_hdr_emb, &sli4_cfg->header.cfg_mhdr)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mempool_free(mbox, phba->mbox_mem_pool);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* For non-embedded mbox command, we need to free the pages first */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sgecount = bf_get(lpfc_mbox_hdr_sge_cnt, &sli4_cfg->header.cfg_mhdr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* There is nothing we can do if there is no sge address array */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (unlikely(!mbox->sge_array)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mempool_free(mbox, phba->mbox_mem_pool);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Each non-embedded DMA memory was allocated in the length of a page */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (sgentry = 0; sgentry < sgecount; sgentry++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_sli4_mbx_sge_get(mbox, sgentry, &sge);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										phyaddr = getPaddr(sge.pa_hi, sge.pa_lo);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-06 15:04:33 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										dma_free_coherent(&phba->pcidev->dev, SLI4_PAGE_SIZE,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  mbox->sge_array->addr[sgentry], phyaddr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Free the sge address array memory */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									kfree(mbox->sge_array);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Finally, free the mailbox command itself */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mempool_free(mbox, phba->mbox_mem_pool);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_sli4_config - Initialize the  SLI4 Config Mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @subsystem: The sli4 config sub mailbox subsystem.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @opcode: The sli4 config sub mailbox command opcode.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-02-16 12:39:24 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @length: Length of the sli4 config mailbox command (including sub-header).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine sets up the header fields of SLI4 specific mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * for sending IOCTL command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Return: the actual length of the mbox command allocated (mostly useful
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *         for none embedded mailbox command).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_sli4_config(struct lpfc_hba *phba, struct lpfcMboxq *mbox,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 uint8_t subsystem, uint8_t opcode, uint32_t length, bool emb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_sli4_config *sli4_config;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									union lpfc_sli4_cfg_shdr *cfg_shdr = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint32_t alloc_len;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint32_t resid_len;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint32_t pagen, pcount;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									void *viraddr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									dma_addr_t phyaddr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Set up SLI4 mailbox command header fields */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mbox, 0, sizeof(*mbox));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mqe_command, &mbox->u.mqe, MBX_SLI4_CONFIG);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Set up SLI4 ioctl command header fields */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sli4_config = &mbox->u.mqe.un.sli4_config;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Setup for the embedded mbox command */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (emb) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Set up main header fields */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bf_set(lpfc_mbox_hdr_emb, &sli4_config->header.cfg_mhdr, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-02-16 12:39:24 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										sli4_config->header.cfg_mhdr.payload_length = length;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Set up sub-header fields following main header */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bf_set(lpfc_mbox_hdr_opcode,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											&sli4_config->header.cfg_shdr.request, opcode);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bf_set(lpfc_mbox_hdr_subsystem,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											&sli4_config->header.cfg_shdr.request, subsystem);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-02-16 12:39:24 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										sli4_config->header.cfg_shdr.request.request_length =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											length - LPFC_MBX_CMD_HDR_LENGTH;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return length;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Setup for the non-embedded mbox command */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-16 11:03:17 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pcount = (SLI4_PAGE_ALIGN(length))/SLI4_PAGE_SIZE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pcount = (pcount > LPFC_SLI4_MBX_SGE_MAX_PAGES) ?
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												LPFC_SLI4_MBX_SGE_MAX_PAGES : pcount;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Allocate record for keeping SGE virtual addresses */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mbox->sge_array = kzalloc(sizeof(struct lpfc_mbx_nembed_sge_virt),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  GFP_KERNEL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:16:51 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!mbox->sge_array) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_printf_log(phba, KERN_ERR, LOG_MBOX,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"2527 Failed to allocate non-embedded SGE "
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"array.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:16:51 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (pagen = 0, alloc_len = 0; pagen < pcount; pagen++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* The DMA memory is always allocated in the length of a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * page even though the last SGE might not fill up to a
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-06 15:04:33 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * page, this is used as a priori size of SLI4_PAGE_SIZE for
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * the later DMA memory free.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-06 15:04:33 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										viraddr = dma_alloc_coherent(&phba->pcidev->dev, SLI4_PAGE_SIZE,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													     &phyaddr, GFP_KERNEL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* In case of malloc fails, proceed with whatever we have */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!viraddr)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-06 15:04:33 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										memset(viraddr, 0, SLI4_PAGE_SIZE);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mbox->sge_array->addr[pagen] = viraddr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Keep the first page for later sub-header construction */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (pagen == 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											cfg_shdr = (union lpfc_sli4_cfg_shdr *)viraddr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										resid_len = length - alloc_len;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-06 15:04:33 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (resid_len > SLI4_PAGE_SIZE) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											lpfc_sli4_mbx_sge_set(mbox, pagen, phyaddr,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-06 15:04:33 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													      SLI4_PAGE_SIZE);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											alloc_len += SLI4_PAGE_SIZE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											lpfc_sli4_mbx_sge_set(mbox, pagen, phyaddr,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													      resid_len);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											alloc_len = length;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Set up main header fields in mailbox command */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sli4_config->header.cfg_mhdr.payload_length = alloc_len;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mbox_hdr_sge_cnt, &sli4_config->header.cfg_mhdr, pagen);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Set up sub-header fields into the first page */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (pagen > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bf_set(lpfc_mbox_hdr_opcode, &cfg_shdr->request, opcode);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bf_set(lpfc_mbox_hdr_subsystem, &cfg_shdr->request, subsystem);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										cfg_shdr->request.request_length =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												alloc_len - sizeof(union  lpfc_sli4_cfg_shdr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* The sub-header is in DMA memory, which needs endian converstion */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-12 14:43:01 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (cfg_shdr)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_sli_pcimem_bcopy(cfg_shdr, cfg_shdr,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												      sizeof(union  lpfc_sli4_cfg_shdr));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return alloc_len;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_sli4_mbox_rsrc_extent - Initialize the opcode resource extent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to an allocated lpfc mbox resource.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @exts_count: the number of extents, if required, to allocate.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @rsrc_type: the resource extent type.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @emb: true if LPFC_SLI4_MBX_EMBED. false if LPFC_SLI4_MBX_NEMBED.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine completes the subcommand header for SLI4 resource extent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * mailbox commands.  It is called after lpfc_sli4_config.  The caller must
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * pass an allocated mailbox and the attributes required to initialize the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * mailbox correctly.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Return: the actual length of the mbox command allocated.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_sli4_mbox_rsrc_extent(struct lpfc_hba *phba, struct lpfcMboxq *mbox,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											   uint16_t exts_count, uint16_t rsrc_type, bool emb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t opcode = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_nembed_rsrc_extent *n_rsrc_extnt = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									void *virtaddr = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Set up SLI4 ioctl command header fields */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (emb == LPFC_SLI4_MBX_NEMBED) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Get the first SGE entry from the non-embedded DMA memory */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										virtaddr = mbox->sge_array->addr[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (virtaddr == NULL)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										n_rsrc_extnt = (struct lpfc_mbx_nembed_rsrc_extent *) virtaddr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The resource type is common to all extent Opcodes and resides in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * same position.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (emb == LPFC_SLI4_MBX_EMBED)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bf_set(lpfc_mbx_alloc_rsrc_extents_type,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										       &mbox->u.mqe.un.alloc_rsrc_extents.u.req,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										       rsrc_type);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* This is DMA data.  Byteswap is required. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bf_set(lpfc_mbx_alloc_rsrc_extents_type,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										       n_rsrc_extnt, rsrc_type);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_sli_pcimem_bcopy(&n_rsrc_extnt->word4,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												      &n_rsrc_extnt->word4,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												      sizeof(uint32_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Complete the initialization for the particular Opcode. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-10 21:32:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									opcode = lpfc_sli_config_mbox_opcode_get(phba, mbox);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (opcode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_ALLOC_RSRC_EXTENT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (emb == LPFC_SLI4_MBX_EMBED)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											bf_set(lpfc_mbx_alloc_rsrc_extents_cnt,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											       &mbox->u.mqe.un.alloc_rsrc_extents.u.req,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											       exts_count);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											bf_set(lpfc_mbx_alloc_rsrc_extents_cnt,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											       n_rsrc_extnt, exts_count);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_GET_ALLOC_RSRC_EXTENT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_GET_RSRC_EXTENT_INFO:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_DEALLOC_RSRC_EXTENT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Initialization is complete.*/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_printf_log(phba, KERN_ERR, LOG_MBOX,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"2929 Resource Extent Opcode x%x is "
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"unsupported\n", opcode);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-10 21:32:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_sli_config_mbox_subsys_get - Get subsystem from a sli_config mbox cmd
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-10 21:32:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command queue entry.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine gets the subsystem from a SLI4 specific SLI_CONFIG mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * command. If the mailbox command is not MBX_SLI4_CONFIG (0x9B) or if the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * sub-header is not present, subsystem LPFC_MBOX_SUBSYSTEM_NA (0x0) shall
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * be returned.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								uint8_t
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_sli_config_mbox_subsys_get(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *mbox)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_sli4_config *sli4_cfg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									union lpfc_sli4_cfg_shdr *cfg_shdr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (mbox->u.mb.mbxCommand != MBX_SLI4_CONFIG)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return LPFC_MBOX_SUBSYSTEM_NA;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sli4_cfg = &mbox->u.mqe.un.sli4_config;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* For embedded mbox command, get opcode from embedded sub-header*/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bf_get(lpfc_mbox_hdr_emb, &sli4_cfg->header.cfg_mhdr)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										cfg_shdr = &mbox->u.mqe.un.sli4_config.header.cfg_shdr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return bf_get(lpfc_mbox_hdr_subsystem, &cfg_shdr->request);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* For non-embedded mbox command, get opcode from first dma page */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (unlikely(!mbox->sge_array))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return LPFC_MBOX_SUBSYSTEM_NA;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									cfg_shdr = (union lpfc_sli4_cfg_shdr *)mbox->sge_array->addr[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return bf_get(lpfc_mbox_hdr_subsystem, &cfg_shdr->request);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_sli_config_mbox_opcode_get - Get opcode from a sli_config mbox cmd
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command queue entry.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-10 21:32:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine gets the opcode from a SLI4 specific SLI_CONFIG mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * command. If the mailbox command is not MBX_SLI4_CONFIG (0x9B) or if
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * the sub-header is not present, opcode LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_NA (0x0) be
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * returned.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								uint8_t
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-10 21:32:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_sli_config_mbox_opcode_get(struct lpfc_hba *phba, LPFC_MBOXQ_t *mbox)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_sli4_config *sli4_cfg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									union lpfc_sli4_cfg_shdr *cfg_shdr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (mbox->u.mb.mbxCommand != MBX_SLI4_CONFIG)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-10 21:32:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_NA;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sli4_cfg = &mbox->u.mqe.un.sli4_config;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* For embedded mbox command, get opcode from embedded sub-header*/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bf_get(lpfc_mbox_hdr_emb, &sli4_cfg->header.cfg_mhdr)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										cfg_shdr = &mbox->u.mqe.un.sli4_config.header.cfg_shdr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return bf_get(lpfc_mbox_hdr_opcode, &cfg_shdr->request);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* For non-embedded mbox command, get opcode from first dma page */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (unlikely(!mbox->sge_array))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-10 21:32:43 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_NA;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									cfg_shdr = (union lpfc_sli4_cfg_shdr *)mbox->sge_array->addr[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return bf_get(lpfc_mbox_hdr_opcode, &cfg_shdr->request);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-12 14:41:27 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-26 14:15:57 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_sli4_mbx_read_fcf_rec - Allocate and construct read fcf mbox cmd
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-12 14:41:27 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to lpfc hba data structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @fcf_index: index to fcf table.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine routine allocates and constructs non-embedded mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * for reading a FCF table entry referred by @fcf_index.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-12 14:41:27 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Return: pointer to the mailbox command constructed if successful, otherwise
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * NULL.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-26 14:15:57 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_sli4_mbx_read_fcf_rec(struct lpfc_hba *phba,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											   struct lpfcMboxq *mboxq,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											   uint16_t fcf_index)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-12 14:41:27 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									void *virt_addr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									dma_addr_t phys_addr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t *bytep;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_sge sge;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint32_t alloc_len, req_len;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_read_fcf_tbl *read_fcf;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!mboxq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									req_len = sizeof(struct fcf_record) +
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										  sizeof(union lpfc_sli4_cfg_shdr) + 2 * sizeof(uint32_t);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Set up READ_FCF SLI4_CONFIG mailbox-ioctl command */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									alloc_len = lpfc_sli4_config(phba, mboxq, LPFC_MBOX_SUBSYSTEM_FCOE,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											LPFC_MBOX_OPCODE_FCOE_READ_FCF_TABLE, req_len,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											LPFC_SLI4_MBX_NEMBED);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (alloc_len < req_len) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_printf_log(phba, KERN_ERR, LOG_MBOX,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"0291 Allocated DMA memory size (x%x) is "
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"less than the requested DMA memory "
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"size (x%x)\n", alloc_len, req_len);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Get the first SGE entry from the non-embedded DMA memory. This
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * routine only uses a single SGE.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									lpfc_sli4_mbx_sge_get(mboxq, 0, &sge);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									phys_addr = getPaddr(sge.pa_hi, sge.pa_lo);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									virt_addr = mboxq->sge_array->addr[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									read_fcf = (struct lpfc_mbx_read_fcf_tbl *)virt_addr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Set up command fields */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mbx_read_fcf_tbl_indx, &read_fcf->u.request, fcf_index);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Perform necessary endian conversion */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bytep = virt_addr + sizeof(union lpfc_sli4_cfg_shdr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									lpfc_sli_pcimem_bcopy(bytep, bytep, sizeof(uint32_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_request_features: Configure SLI4 REQUEST_FEATURES mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mboxq: pointer to lpfc mbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine sets up the mailbox for an SLI4 REQUEST_FEATURES
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_request_features(struct lpfc_hba *phba, struct lpfcMboxq *mboxq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Set up SLI4 mailbox command header fields */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mboxq, 0, sizeof(LPFC_MBOXQ_t));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mqe_command, &mboxq->u.mqe, MBX_SLI4_REQ_FTRS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Set up host requested features. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mbx_rq_ftr_rq_fcpi, &mboxq->u.mqe.un.req_ftrs, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-02-16 12:39:24 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mbx_rq_ftr_rq_perfh, &mboxq->u.mqe.un.req_ftrs, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Enable DIF (block guard) only if configured to do so. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->cfg_enable_bg)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bf_set(lpfc_mbx_rq_ftr_rq_dif, &mboxq->u.mqe.un.req_ftrs, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Enable NPIV only if configured to do so. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->max_vpi && phba->cfg_enable_npiv)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bf_set(lpfc_mbx_rq_ftr_rq_npiv, &mboxq->u.mqe.un.req_ftrs, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_init_vfi - Initialize the INIT_VFI mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command to initialize.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @vport: Vport associated with the VF.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine initializes @mbox to all zeros and then fills in the mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * fields from @vport. INIT_VFI configures virtual fabrics identified by VFI
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * in the context of an FCF. The driver issues this command to setup a VFI
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * before issuing a FLOGI to login to the VSAN. The driver should also issue a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * REG_VFI after a successful VSAN login.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_init_vfi(struct lpfcMboxq *mbox, struct lpfc_vport *vport)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_init_vfi *init_vfi;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mbox, 0, sizeof(*mbox));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-20 23:11:48 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mbox->vport = vport;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									init_vfi = &mbox->u.mqe.un.init_vfi;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mqe_command, &mbox->u.mqe, MBX_INIT_VFI);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_init_vfi_vr, init_vfi, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_init_vfi_vt, init_vfi, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-20 23:11:48 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_init_vfi_vp, init_vfi, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_init_vfi_vfi, init_vfi,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       vport->phba->sli4_hba.vfi_ids[vport->vfi]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-07-22 18:36:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_init_vfi_vpi, init_vfi,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       vport->phba->vpi_ids[vport->vpi]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_init_vfi_fcfi, init_vfi,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       vport->phba->fcf.fcfi);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_reg_vfi - Initialize the REG_VFI mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command to initialize.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @vport: vport associated with the VF.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phys: BDE DMA bus address used to send the service parameters to the HBA.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This routine initializes @mbox to all zeros and then fills in the mailbox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * fields from @vport, and uses @buf as a DMAable buffer to send the vport's
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * fc service parameters to the HBA for this VFI. REG_VFI configures virtual
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * fabrics identified by VFI in the context of an FCF.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_reg_vfi(struct lpfcMboxq *mbox, struct lpfc_vport *vport, dma_addr_t phys)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_reg_vfi *reg_vfi;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-03-01 16:35:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_hba *phba = vport->phba;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mbox, 0, sizeof(*mbox));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									reg_vfi = &mbox->u.mqe.un.reg_vfi;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mqe_command, &mbox->u.mqe, MBX_REG_VFI);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_reg_vfi_vp, reg_vfi, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_reg_vfi_vfi, reg_vfi,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-03-01 16:35:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       phba->sli4_hba.vfi_ids[vport->vfi]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_reg_vfi_fcfi, reg_vfi, phba->fcf.fcfi);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_reg_vfi_vpi, reg_vfi, phba->vpi_ids[vport->vpi]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-18 15:39:16 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memcpy(reg_vfi->wwn, &vport->fc_portname, sizeof(struct lpfc_name));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									reg_vfi->wwn[0] = cpu_to_le32(reg_vfi->wwn[0]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									reg_vfi->wwn[1] = cpu_to_le32(reg_vfi->wwn[1]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-03-01 16:35:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									reg_vfi->e_d_tov = phba->fc_edtov;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									reg_vfi->r_a_tov = phba->fc_ratov;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									reg_vfi->bde.addrHigh = putPaddrHigh(phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									reg_vfi->bde.addrLow = putPaddrLow(phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									reg_vfi->bde.tus.f.bdeSize = sizeof(vport->fc_sparam);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									reg_vfi->bde.tus.f.bdeFlags = BUFF_TYPE_BDE_64;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_reg_vfi_nport_id, reg_vfi, vport->fc_myDID);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-03-01 16:35:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Only FC supports upd bit */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if ((phba->sli4_hba.lnk_info.lnk_tp == LPFC_LNK_TYPE_FC) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 20:15:19 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    (vport->fc_flag & FC_VFI_REGISTERED) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    (!phba->fc_topology_changed)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-03-01 16:35:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bf_set(lpfc_reg_vfi_vp, reg_vfi, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bf_set(lpfc_reg_vfi_upd, reg_vfi, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-13 13:23:09 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									lpfc_printf_vlog(vport, KERN_INFO, LOG_MBOX,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											"3134 Register VFI, mydid:x%x, fcfi:%d, "
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 20:15:19 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											" vfi:%d, vpi:%d, fc_pname:%x%x fc_flag:x%x"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											" port_state:x%x topology chg:%d\n",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-13 13:23:09 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											vport->fc_myDID,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-03-01 16:35:38 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											phba->fcf.fcfi,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											phba->sli4_hba.vfi_ids[vport->vfi],
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											phba->vpi_ids[vport->vpi],
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 20:15:19 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											reg_vfi->wwn[0], reg_vfi->wwn[1], vport->fc_flag,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											vport->port_state, phba->fc_topology_changed);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_init_vpi - Initialize the INIT_VPI mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:26 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to the hba structure to init the VPI for.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command to initialize.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @vpi: VPI to be initialized.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The INIT_VPI mailbox command supports virtual N_Ports. The driver uses the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * command to activate a virtual N_Port. The HBA assigns a MAC address to use
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * with the virtual N Port.  The SLI Host issues this command before issuing a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * FDISC to connect to the Fabric. The SLI Host should issue a REG_VPI after a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * successful virtual NPort login.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:26 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_init_vpi(struct lpfc_hba *phba, struct lpfcMboxq *mbox, uint16_t vpi)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mbox, 0, sizeof(*mbox));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mqe_command, &mbox->u.mqe, MBX_INIT_VPI);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:26 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_init_vpi_vpi, &mbox->u.mqe.un.init_vpi,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       phba->vpi_ids[vpi]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:26 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_init_vpi_vfi, &mbox->u.mqe.un.init_vpi,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       phba->sli4_hba.vfi_ids[phba->pport->vfi]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_unreg_vfi - Initialize the UNREG_VFI mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command to initialize.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:16:45 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @vport: vport associated with the VF.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The UNREG_VFI mailbox command causes the SLI Host to put a virtual fabric
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * (logical NPort) into the inactive state. The SLI Host must have logged out
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * and unregistered all remote N_Ports to abort any activity on the virtual
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * fabric. The SLI Port posts the mailbox response after marking the virtual
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * fabric inactive.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:16:45 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_unreg_vfi(struct lpfcMboxq *mbox, struct lpfc_vport *vport)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mbox, 0, sizeof(*mbox));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mqe_command, &mbox->u.mqe, MBX_UNREG_VFI);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-02 15:16:45 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_unreg_vfi_vfi, &mbox->u.mqe.un.unreg_vfi,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       vport->phba->sli4_hba.vfi_ids[vport->vfi]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-13 13:20:45 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_sli4_dump_cfg_rg23 - Dump sli4 port config region 23
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to the hba structure containing.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command to initialize.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-13 13:20:45 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This function create a SLI4 dump mailbox command to dump configure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * region 23.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-13 13:20:45 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_sli4_dump_cfg_rg23(struct lpfc_hba *phba, struct lpfcMboxq *mbox)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_dmabuf *mp = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									MAILBOX_t *mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mbox, 0, sizeof(*mbox));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb = &mbox->u.mb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mp = kmalloc(sizeof(struct lpfc_dmabuf), GFP_KERNEL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (mp)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mp->virt = lpfc_mbuf_alloc(phba, 0, &mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!mp || !mp->virt) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										kfree(mp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-13 13:20:45 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* dump config region 23 failed to allocate memory */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lpfc_printf_log(phba, KERN_WARNING, LOG_MBOX,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-13 13:20:45 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											"2569 lpfc dump config region 23: memory"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:38 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											" allocation failed\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mp->virt, 0, LPFC_BPL_SIZE);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									INIT_LIST_HEAD(&mp->list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* save address for completion */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mbox->context1 = (uint8_t *) mp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->mbxCommand = MBX_DUMP_MEMORY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.type = DMP_NV_PARAMS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:10 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.region_id = DMP_REGION_23;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varDmp.sli4_length = DMP_RGN23_SIZE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varWords[3] = putPaddrLow(mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mb->un.varWords[4] = putPaddrHigh(mp->phys);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_reg_fcfi - Initialize the REG_FCFI mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @phba: pointer to the hba structure containing the FCF index and RQ ID.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command to initialize.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The REG_FCFI mailbox command supports Fibre Channel Forwarders (FCFs). The
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * SLI Host uses the command to activate an FCF after it has acquired FCF
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * information via a READ_FCF mailbox command. This mailbox command also is used
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * to indicate where received unsolicited frames from this FCF will be sent. By
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * default this routine will set up the FCF to forward all unsolicited frames
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * the the RQ ID passed in the @phba. This can be overridden by the caller for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * more complicated setups.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_reg_fcfi(struct lpfc_hba *phba, struct lpfcMboxq *mbox)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_reg_fcfi *reg_fcfi;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mbox, 0, sizeof(*mbox));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									reg_fcfi = &mbox->u.mqe.un.reg_fcfi;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mqe_command, &mbox->u.mqe, MBX_REG_FCFI);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_reg_fcfi_rq_id0, reg_fcfi, phba->sli4_hba.hdr_rq->queue_id);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_reg_fcfi_rq_id1, reg_fcfi, REG_FCF_INVALID_QID);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_reg_fcfi_rq_id2, reg_fcfi, REG_FCF_INVALID_QID);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_reg_fcfi_rq_id3, reg_fcfi, REG_FCF_INVALID_QID);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-12 14:41:27 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_reg_fcfi_info_index, reg_fcfi,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       phba->fcf.current_rec.fcf_indx);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* reg_fcf addr mode is bit wise inverted value of fcf addr_mode */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-12 14:41:27 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_reg_fcfi_mam, reg_fcfi, (~phba->fcf.addr_mode) & 0x3);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 15:31:37 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (phba->fcf.current_rec.vlan_id != LPFC_FCOE_NULL_VID) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bf_set(lpfc_reg_fcfi_vv, reg_fcfi, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-12 14:41:27 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bf_set(lpfc_reg_fcfi_vlan_tag, reg_fcfi,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										       phba->fcf.current_rec.vlan_id);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_unreg_fcfi - Initialize the UNREG_FCFI mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command to initialize.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @fcfi: FCFI to be unregistered.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The UNREG_FCFI mailbox command supports Fibre Channel Forwarders (FCFs).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The SLI Host uses the command to inactivate an FCFI.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_unreg_fcfi(struct lpfcMboxq *mbox, uint16_t fcfi)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mbox, 0, sizeof(*mbox));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mqe_command, &mbox->u.mqe, MBX_UNREG_FCFI);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_unreg_fcfi, &mbox->u.mqe.un.unreg_fcfi, fcfi);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_resume_rpi - Initialize the RESUME_RPI mailbox command
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command to initialize.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @ndlp: The nodelist structure that describes the RPI to resume.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The RESUME_RPI mailbox command is used to restart I/O to an RPI after a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * link event.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_resume_rpi(struct lpfcMboxq *mbox, struct lpfc_nodelist *ndlp)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_hba *phba = ndlp->phba;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_resume_rpi *resume_rpi;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mbox, 0, sizeof(*mbox));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									resume_rpi = &mbox->u.mqe.un.resume_rpi;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mqe_command, &mbox->u.mqe, MBX_RESUME_RPI);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-24 11:44:12 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_resume_rpi_index, resume_rpi,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       phba->sli4_hba.rpi_ids[ndlp->nlp_rpi]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-19 10:01:03 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_resume_rpi_ii, resume_rpi, RESUME_INDEX_RPI);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									resume_rpi->event_tag = ndlp->phba->fc_eventTag;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-22 14:52:52 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-12 14:42:03 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_supported_pages - Initialize the PORT_CAPABILITIES supported pages
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *                        mailbox command.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command to initialize.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The PORT_CAPABILITIES supported pages mailbox command is issued to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * retrieve the particular feature pages supported by the port.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_supported_pages(struct lpfcMboxq *mbox)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_supp_pages *supp_pages;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mbox, 0, sizeof(*mbox));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									supp_pages = &mbox->u.mqe.un.supp_pages;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mqe_command, &mbox->u.mqe, MBX_PORT_CAPABILITIES);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(cpn, supp_pages, LPFC_SUPP_PAGES);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-02-16 12:39:24 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * lpfc_pc_sli4_params - Initialize the PORT_CAPABILITIES SLI4 Params mbox cmd.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-12 14:42:03 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mbox: pointer to lpfc mbox command to initialize.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The PORT_CAPABILITIES SLI4 parameters mailbox command is issued to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * retrieve the particular SLI4 features supported by the port.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-02-16 12:39:24 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lpfc_pc_sli4_params(struct lpfcMboxq *mbox)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-12 14:42:03 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-02-16 12:39:24 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lpfc_mbx_pc_sli4_params *sli4_params;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-12 14:42:03 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mbox, 0, sizeof(*mbox));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sli4_params = &mbox->u.mqe.un.sli4_params;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(lpfc_mqe_command, &mbox->u.mqe, MBX_PORT_CAPABILITIES);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bf_set(cpn, sli4_params, LPFC_SLI4_PARAMETERS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 |